blob: 5ce0284d16496fb436b4259c02eca9426daed4ef [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000083 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000121 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000151 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000167 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Benjamin Kramerb11416d2010-04-17 09:33:03 +0000229 OS << '\'' << ConversionFunction << '\'';
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
278
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000279// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000280// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
281// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
282// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
283// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000284// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
285// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
286// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000287//
288// Example: Given the following input:
289//
290// void f(int, float); // #1
291// void f(int, int); // #2
292// int f(int, int); // #3
293//
294// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000296//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000297// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
298// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
299// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
300// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000301//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000302// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
303// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
304// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
305// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000306// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
307// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000308Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000309Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
310 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000312 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000313 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
314 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000316 Match = *I;
317 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000318 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000319 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000321 Match = *I;
322 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000323 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000324 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
325 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
326 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
327 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
328 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
329 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
330 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
331 // template instantiation.
332 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000333 // (C++ 13p1):
334 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
335 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000336 Match = *I;
337 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000338 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000340
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000341 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000342}
343
344bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
345 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
346 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
347
348 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
349 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
350 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
351 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
352 return true;
353
354 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
355 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
356 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
357
358 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
359 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
360 // in the signature, they are overloads.
361
362 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
363 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
365 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
366 return false;
367
368 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
369 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
370
371 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
372 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
373 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
374 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
375 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
376 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
377 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
378 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
379 return true;
380
381 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
382 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
383 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
384 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
385 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
386 // signature.
387 //
388 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
389 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
390 if (NewTemplate &&
391 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
392 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
393 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
394 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
395 return true;
396
397 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
398 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
399 //
400 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
401 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
402 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
403 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
404 // can be overloaded.
405 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
406 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
407 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
408 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
409 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
410 return true;
411
412 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
413 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414}
415
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000416/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
417/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
418/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
419/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000420///
421/// void f(float f);
422/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
423///
424/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
425/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
426/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
427/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
428//
429/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
430/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
431/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
432/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
433/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000434///
435/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
436/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000437/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
438/// permitted.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000439ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000440Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
441 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +0000442 bool AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000443 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000444 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000445 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000446 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000447 return ICS;
448 }
449
450 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000451 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000452 return ICS;
453 }
454
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000455 if (SuppressUserConversions) {
456 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
457 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
458 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
459 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
460 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
461 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
462 // called for those cases.
463 QualType FromType = From->getType();
464 if (!ToType->getAs<RecordType>() || !FromType->getAs<RecordType>() ||
465 !(Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
466 IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ToType))) {
467 // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
468 // we can perform.
469 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
470 return ICS;
471 }
472
473 ICS.setStandard();
474 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
475 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
476 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
477
478 // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
479 // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
480 // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
481 // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
482 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
483
484 // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
485 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
486 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
487
488 return ICS;
489 }
490
491 // Attempt user-defined conversion.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000492 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
493 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
494 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000495 AllowExplicit);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000496
497 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000498 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000499 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
500 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
501 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
502 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
503 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
504 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
505 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000506 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000507 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000508 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000509 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
510 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000511 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000512 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000513 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
514 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000515 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000516 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000517 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000518 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000519 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000520 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000521 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
522 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000524
525 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
526 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
527 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
528 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
529 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
530 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
531 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000532 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000533 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000534 }
John McCalle8c8cd22010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000535 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000536 ICS.setAmbiguous();
537 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
538 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
539 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
540 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
541 if (Cand->Viable)
542 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000543 } else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000544 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000545 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000546
547 return ICS;
548}
549
Douglas Gregorae4b5df2010-04-16 22:27:05 +0000550/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
551/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns true if there was an
552/// error, false otherwise. The expression From is replaced with the
553/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
554/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
555/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
556bool
557Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
558 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
559 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
560 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
561}
562
563bool
564Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
565 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
566 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
567 ICS = TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
568 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
569 AllowExplicit,
570 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
571 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
572}
573
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000574/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
575/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
576static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
577 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
578 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
579 return false;
580
581 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
582 // safely be removed.
583 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
584 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
585 return false;
586
587 ResultTy = FromType;
588 return true;
589}
590
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000591/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
592/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
593/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
594/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
595/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
596/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
597/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
598/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000599bool
600Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000601 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000602 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000603 QualType FromType = From->getType();
604
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000605 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000606 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000607 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000608 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000609 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000610 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000611
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000612 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000613 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000614 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
616 return false;
617
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000618 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000619 }
620
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000621 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
622 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
623 // (C++ 4p1).
624
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000625 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
626
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000627 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000628 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
629 // converted to an rvalue.
630 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000631 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000632 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000633 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000634 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000635
636 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
637 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000638 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
639 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000640 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
642 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000643 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000644
645 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
646 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
647 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
648 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
649
650 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
651 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000652 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653
654 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
655 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
656 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
657 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000658 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
659 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000660 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000661 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000662 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000663 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
664 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000665 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000666
667 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
668 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
669 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
670 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000671 } else if (From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
672 if (FunctionDecl *Fn
673 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
674 AccessPair)) {
675 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
676 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000677
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000678 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
679 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
680 FromType = Fn->getType();
681 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
682 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
683 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
684 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
685 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
686 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
687 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
688 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
689 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
690 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
691 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
692 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
693 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
694 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
695 } else {
696 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
697 }
698 } else {
699 return false;
700 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000701 } else {
702 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000703 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000704 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000705 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706
707 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
708 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
709 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
710 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000711 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
712 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000713 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000714 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000715 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
716 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000717 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000718 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000719 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000720 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000721 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000722 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
723 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000724 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000725 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000726 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
727 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000728 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
729 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000730 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000731 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000732 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000733 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000734 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000735 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
736 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000737 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
738 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +0000739 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
740 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
741 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
742 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
743 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
744 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
745 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
746 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
747 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000748 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
749 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
750 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000752 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
753 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000754 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000755 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000756 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
757 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000758 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000759 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000760 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000761 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
762 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000763 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000764 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000765 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
766 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
767 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000768 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000769 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
770 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
771 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
772 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000773 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000774 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000776 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
777 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000778 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000779 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
780 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
781 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000782 } else {
783 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000784 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000786 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000787
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000788 QualType CanonFrom;
789 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000790 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000791 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000792 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000793 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000794 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
795 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000796 } else {
797 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000798 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
799
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000800 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000801 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
802 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
803 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000804 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000805 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000806 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
807 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
808 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000809 FromType = ToType;
810 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
811 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000813 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000814
815 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
816 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000817 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000818 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000819
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000820 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000821}
822
823/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
824/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
825/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
826/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000828 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000829 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000830 if (!To) {
831 return false;
832 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000833
834 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
835 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
836 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
837 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
838 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000839 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
840 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000841 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
842 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
843 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
844 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000846 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000847 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000848 }
849
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000850 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
851 }
852
853 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
854 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
855 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
856 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000857
858 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
859 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
860 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
861 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
862 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
863
864 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000865 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
866 // unsigned.
867 bool FromIsSigned;
868 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000869
870 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
871 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
873 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
874 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000875 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
876 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000877 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
878 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000879 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000880 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000881 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
882 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000884 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
885 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
886 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
887 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000888 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000889 }
890 }
891 }
892
893 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
894 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
895 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
896 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
897 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
898 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
899 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000900 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
901 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000902 using llvm::APSInt;
903 if (From)
904 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000905 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000906 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
907 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
908 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
909 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000910
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000911 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
912 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
913 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
914 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
915 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000917 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
918 // that fits into an unsigned int?
919 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
920 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
921 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000922
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000923 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000924 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000925 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000926
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000927 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
928 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000929 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000930 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000931 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000932
933 return false;
934}
935
936/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
937/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
938/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000940 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
941 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000942 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
943 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000944 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
945 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
946 return true;
947
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000948 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
949 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
950 // double is promoted to long double [...].
951 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
952 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
953 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
954 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
955 return true;
956 }
957
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000958 return false;
959}
960
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000961/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
962///
963/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
964/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000965/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000966bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000967 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000968 if (!FromComplex)
969 return false;
970
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000971 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000972 if (!ToComplex)
973 return false;
974
975 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000976 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
977 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
978 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000979}
980
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000981/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
982/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
983/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
984/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
985/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986static QualType
987BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000988 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
989 ASTContext &Context) {
990 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
991 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000992 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000993
994 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000995 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000996 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000997 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000998 return ToType;
999
1000 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
1001 // already.
1002 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
1003 }
1004
1005 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001006 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001007 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
1008 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001009}
1010
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001011/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1012/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
1013/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
1014static QualType
1015BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
1016 QualType ToType,
1017 ASTContext &Context) {
1018 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1019 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1020 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
1021
1022 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
1023 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
1024 return ToType;
1025
1026 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
1027 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
1028}
1029
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001030static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001031 bool InOverloadResolution,
1032 ASTContext &Context) {
1033 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
1034 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
1035 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
1036 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
1037 return !InOverloadResolution;
1038
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001039 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1040 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1041 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001042}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001043
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001044/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1045/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
1046/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
1047/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
1048/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
1049/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001050///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001051/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
1052/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
1053/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
1054/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
1055/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
1056/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001057/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
1058/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
1059/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001060bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001061 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001062 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001064 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001065 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1066 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001067
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001068 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1069 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001070 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001071 ConvertedType = ToType;
1072 return true;
1073 }
1074
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001075 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1076 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001077 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001078 ConvertedType = ToType;
1079 return true;
1080 }
1081 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1082 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001083 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001084 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001085 ConvertedType = ToType;
1086 return true;
1087 }
1088
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001089 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1090 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001091 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001092 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001093 ConvertedType = ToType;
1094 return true;
1095 }
1096
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001097 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001098 if (!ToTypePtr)
1099 return false;
1100
1101 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001102 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001103 ConvertedType = ToType;
1104 return true;
1105 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001106
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001107 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1108 // , including objective-c pointers.
1109 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1110 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1111 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1112 ToType, Context);
1113 return true;
1114
1115 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001116 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001117 if (!FromTypePtr)
1118 return false;
1119
1120 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001121
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001122 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1123 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1124 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001125 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001126 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001127 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001128 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001129 return true;
1130 }
1131
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001132 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1133 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001135 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001137 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001138 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001139 return true;
1140 }
1141
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001142 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001143 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001144 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1145 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1146 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1147 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1148 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1149 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1150 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1151 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1152 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001153 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1154 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001155 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1156 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregord28f0412010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001157 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001158 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001159 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001161 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001162 ToType, Context);
1163 return true;
1164 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001165
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001166 return false;
1167}
1168
1169/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1170/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1171/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001172bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001173 QualType& ConvertedType,
1174 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1175 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1176 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001177
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001178 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001179 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001181 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001182
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001183 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001184 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001185 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001186 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001187 ConvertedType = ToType;
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001191 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001192 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001193 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001194 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001195 ConvertedType = ToType;
1196 return true;
1197 }
1198 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1199 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1200 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianb397e432010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001201 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1202 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1203 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1204 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1205 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1206 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001207 ConvertedType = ToType;
1208 return true;
1209 }
1210
1211 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1212 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1213 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1214 // complain about it.
1215 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1216 ConvertedType = FromType;
1217 return true;
1218 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001220 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001221 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001222 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001223 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001224 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1225 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001226 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001227 // to a block pointer type.
1228 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1229 ConvertedType = ToType;
1230 return true;
1231 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001232 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001233 }
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001234 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1235 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1236 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001237 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001238 ConvertedType = ToType;
1239 return true;
1240 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001241 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001242 return false;
1243
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001244 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001245 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001246 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001247 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001248 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1249 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001250 return false;
1251
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001252 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1253 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1254 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1255 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1256 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1257 // We always complain about this conversion.
1258 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1259 ConvertedType = ToType;
1260 return true;
1261 }
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001262 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1263 // as in I* to id.
1264 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1265 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1266 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1267 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1268 ConvertedType = ToType;
1269 return true;
1270 }
1271
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001272 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001273 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1274 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1275 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001277 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001278 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001279 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001280 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1281 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1282 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1283 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1284 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1285 return false;
1286
1287 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1288 // function types are obviously different.
1289 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1290 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1291 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1292 return false;
1293
1294 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1295 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1296 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1297 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1298 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1299 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1300 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1301 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1302 HasObjCConversion = true;
1303 } else {
1304 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1305 return false;
1306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001308 // Check argument types.
1309 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1310 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1311 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1312 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1313 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1314 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1315 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1316 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1317 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1318 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1319 HasObjCConversion = true;
1320 } else {
1321 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1322 return false;
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1327 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1328 // conversion, but complain about it.
1329 ConvertedType = ToType;
1330 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1331 return true;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001335 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001336}
1337
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001338/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1339/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001340/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001341/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1342/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1343/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001344bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001345 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001346 CXXBaseSpecifierArray& BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001347 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001348 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1349
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001350 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1351 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001352 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1353 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001354
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001355 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1356 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001357 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1358 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001359 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1360 From->getExprLoc(),
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001361 From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001362 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001363 return true;
1364
1365 // The conversion was successful.
1366 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001367 }
1368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001370 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001372 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001373 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1374 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1375 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001376 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001377 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001378
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001379 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001380 return false;
1381}
1382
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001383/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1384/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1385/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1386/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1387/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1388bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001389 QualType ToType,
1390 bool InOverloadResolution,
1391 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001392 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001393 if (!ToTypePtr)
1394 return false;
1395
1396 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001397 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1398 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1399 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001400 ConvertedType = ToType;
1401 return true;
1402 }
1403
1404 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001405 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001406 if (!FromTypePtr)
1407 return false;
1408
1409 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1410 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1411 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1412 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1413 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1414
1415 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1416 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1417 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1418 return true;
1419 }
1420
1421 return false;
1422}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001423
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001424/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1425/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001426/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001427/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1428/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1429/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001431 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1432 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001433 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001434 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001435 if (!FromPtrType) {
1436 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001437 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1438 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001439 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1440 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001441 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001442 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001443
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001444 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001445 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1446 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001447
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001448 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1449 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001450
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001451 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1452 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1453 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001454
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001455 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/ true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001456 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001457 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1458 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1459 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1460 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001461
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001462 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1463 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001464 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1465 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1466 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1467 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001468 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001469
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001470 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001471 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1472 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1473 << From->getSourceRange();
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001477 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall1064d7e2010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001478 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1479 Paths.front(),
1480 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001481
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001482 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1483 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001484 return false;
1485}
1486
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001487/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1488/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1489/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490bool
1491Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001492 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1493 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1494
1495 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1496 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redlcbdffb12010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001497 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001498 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001499
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001500 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1501 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1502 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1503 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001504 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001505 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001506 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1507 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1508 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001509 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001510 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1511 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001512 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001513
1514 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1515 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001516 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001517 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001518
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001519 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1520 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1521 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001522 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001523 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001524
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001525 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1526 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001527 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001528 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001529 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001530
1531 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1532 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1533 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1534 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1535 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001536 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001537}
1538
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001539/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1540/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1541/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1542/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1543/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1544/// false and User is unspecified.
1545///
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001546/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1547/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1548/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001549OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1550 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001551 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1552 bool AllowExplicit) {
1553 // Whether we will only visit constructors.
1554 bool ConstructorsOnly = false;
1555
1556 // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
1557 // constructors.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001558 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001559 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1560 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1561 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1562 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1563 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1564 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1565 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1566 // the parentheses of the initializer.
1567 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1568 (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
1569 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)))
1570 ConstructorsOnly = true;
1571
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001572 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1573 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1574 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1575 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001577 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001578 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001579 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001580 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001581 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001582 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001583 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1584 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1585
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001586 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1587 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1588 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001589 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001590 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001592 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1593 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001594 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001595
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001596 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001597 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001598 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001599 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001600 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001601 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001602 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001603 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001604 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1605 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001606 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001607 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001608 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001609 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001610 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001611 }
1612 }
1613
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001614 // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
1615 if (ConstructorsOnly) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001617 PDiag(0) << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001618 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001620 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001621 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001622 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1623 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001624 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001625 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001626 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001627 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001628 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1629 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001630 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1631 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1632 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1633
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001634 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1635 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001636 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1637 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001638 else
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001639 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001640
1641 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1642 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001643 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001644 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1645 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001646 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001647 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001648 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001649 }
1650 }
1651 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001652 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001653
1654 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001655 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001656 case OR_Success:
1657 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001659 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1660 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1661 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1662 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1663 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1664 // the argument of the constructor.
1665 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001666 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001667 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001668 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1669 else {
1670 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1671 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1672 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001673 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1674 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001675 User.After.setFromType(
1676 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001677 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001678 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001679 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1680 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1681 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1682 //
1683 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1684 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1685 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1686 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1687 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1688 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001689 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690
1691 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001692 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1693 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1694 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1695 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1696 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1697 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1698 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1699 // 13.3.3.1).
1700 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001701 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001702 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001703 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001704 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001707 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001708 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001709 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001710 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001711 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001712
1713 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001714 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001715 }
1716
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001717 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001718}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001719
1720bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001721Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001722 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001723 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001724 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1725 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001726 CandidateSet, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001727 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1728 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1729 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1730 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1731 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1732 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1733 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1734 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1735 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001736 return false;
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001737 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001738 return true;
1739}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001740
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001741/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1742/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1743/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001744ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001745Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1746 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1747{
1748 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1749 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1750 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1751 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1752 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1753 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1754 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1755 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756 //
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001757 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1758 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1759 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1760 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1761 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001762 if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
1763 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1764 else if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
1765 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001766
Benjamin Kramer98ff7f82010-04-18 12:05:54 +00001767 // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
1768 // the same kind.
1769 if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
1770 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1771
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001772 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1773 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1774 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001775 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001776 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001777 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001778 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1779 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1780 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1781 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1782 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1783 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001784 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001785 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1786 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1787 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1788 }
1789
1790 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1791}
1792
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001793// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
1794// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
1795static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1796compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
1797 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1798 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1799 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
1800 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1801
1802 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
1803 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
1804 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1805 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
1806 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1807 else
1808 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1809 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
1810 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1811
1812 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
1813 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
1814 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1815 }
1816
1817 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
1818 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
1819 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1820 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1821
1822 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
1823 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1824 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1825 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1826
1827 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1828}
1829
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001830/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1831/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1832/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001833ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001834Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1835 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1836{
1837 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1838 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1839
1840 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1841 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1842 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1843 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1844 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001845 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
1846 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
1847 return CK;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001848
1849 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1850 // defined below), or, if not that,
1851 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1852 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1853 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1854 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1855 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1856 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001857
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001858 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1859 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1860 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001861
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001862 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1863 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1864 // that is such a conversion.
1865 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1866 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1867 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1868 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1869
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001870 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1871 //
1872 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001873 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1874 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1875 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001877 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001879 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001880 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1881 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1882 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001883 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1884 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001885 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1886 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1887 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001888 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1889 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1890 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001891 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1892 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1893 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1894 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001895 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1896 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001897
1898 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1899 // conversion, if we need to.
1900 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1901 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1902 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1903 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1904
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001905 QualType FromPointee1
1906 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1907 QualType FromPointee2
1908 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001909
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001910 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1911 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1912 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1913 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1914
1915 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1916 // other, it is the better one.
1917 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1918 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1919 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1920 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1921 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1922 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1923 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1924 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001925 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001926
1927 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1928 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001930 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001931 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001932
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001933 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001934 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1935 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1936 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1937 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1938 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001939 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1940 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1941 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1942 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1943 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1944 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001945
1946 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1947 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1948 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1949 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1950 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1951 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001952 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1953 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001954 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1955 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001956 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1957 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1958 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1959 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1960 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1961 // for comparison.
1962 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1963 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1964 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1965 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001966 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1967 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1968 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1969 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1970 }
1971 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001972
1973 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1974}
1975
1976/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1977/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001978/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1979ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001980Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001981 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001982 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001983 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1984 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1985 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1986 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1987 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1988 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1989 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1990 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1991
1992 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1993 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001994 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1995 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001996 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1997 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001998 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1999 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2000 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002001
2002 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
2003 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002004 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002005 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2006
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002007 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2008 // for comparison.
2009 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2010 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2011 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2012 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2013
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002015 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2016 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
2017 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
2018 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
2019 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00002020 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002021 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
2022 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
2023 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
2024 // strict subset of qualifiers.
2025 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
2026 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
2027 // about how the sequences rank.
2028 ;
2029 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
2030 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2031 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
2032 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2033 // qualifiers.
2034 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002036 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2037 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
2038 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2039 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
2040 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2041 // qualifiers.
2042 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002044 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2045 } else {
2046 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
2047 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2048 }
2049
2050 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002051 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002052 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002053 }
2054
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002055 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2056 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2057 switch (Result) {
2058 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002059 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002060 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2061 break;
2062
2063 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2064 break;
2065
2066 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002067 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002068 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2069 break;
2070 }
2071
2072 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002073}
2074
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002075/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2076/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002077/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2078/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2079/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002080ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2081Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2082 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002083 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002084 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002085 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002086 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002087
2088 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2089 // conversion, if we need to.
2090 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2091 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2092 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2093 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2094
2095 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2096 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2097 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2098 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2099 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2100
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002101 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002102 //
2103 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2104 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002105 //
2106 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2107 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002108
2109 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002110 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002111 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2112 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2113 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2114 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002116 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002117 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002118 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002119 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002120 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002121 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002122 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002123
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002124 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2125 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2126 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2127 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002128
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002129 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002130 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2131 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2132 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2133 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2134 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002135
2136 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2137 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2138 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2139 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2140 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2141 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002142 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002143
2144 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2145 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2146 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2147 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2148 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2149 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002151 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2152 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2153 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2154 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2155 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2156 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002157 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002158 }
2159
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002160 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002161 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2162 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2163 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2164 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2165 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2166 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2167 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2168 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2169 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2170 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2171 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2172 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2173 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2174 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2175 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2176 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2177 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2178 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2179 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002180 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002181 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2182 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2183 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2184 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2185 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2186 }
2187 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2188 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2189 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2190 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2191 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2192 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2193 }
2194 }
2195
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002196 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002197 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002198 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2199 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2200 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002201 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2202 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002203 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2204 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2205 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2206 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2207 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002208
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002209 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002210 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2211 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2212 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002213 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2214 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002215 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2216 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2217 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2218 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2219 }
2220 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002221
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002222 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2223}
2224
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002225/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
2226/// determine whether they are reference-related,
2227/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
2228/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
2229/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
2230/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
2231/// type being initialized.
2232Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
2233Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
2234 QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
2235 bool& DerivedToBase) {
2236 assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
2237 "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
2238 assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
2239
2240 QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
2241 QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
2242 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2243 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2244 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2245
2246 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2247 // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
2248 // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
2249 // T1 is a base class of T2.
2250 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
2251 DerivedToBase = false;
2252 else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT1, PDiag()) &&
2253 !RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
2254 IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
2255 DerivedToBase = true;
2256 else
2257 return Ref_Incompatible;
2258
2259 // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
2260 // least).
2261
2262 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2263 // for comparison.
2264 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2265 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2266 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2267 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2268
2269 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2270 // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
2271 // reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
2272 // as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
2273 // overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
2274 // cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
2275 // reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
2276 if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
2277 return Ref_Compatible;
2278 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2279 return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
2280 else
2281 return Ref_Related;
2282}
2283
2284/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
2285/// initialization.
2286static ImplicitConversionSequence
2287TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
2288 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
2289 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002290 bool AllowExplicit) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002291 assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
2292
2293 // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
2294 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2295 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
2296
2297 QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
2298 QualType T2 = Init->getType();
2299
2300 // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
2301 // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
2302 // type of the resulting function.
2303 if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
2304 DeclAccessPair Found;
2305 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
2306 false, Found))
2307 T2 = Fn->getType();
2308 }
2309
2310 // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
2311 bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
2312 bool DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002313 Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = Init->isLvalue(S.Context);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002314 Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
2315 = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
2316
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002317
2318 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
2319 // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1,
2320 // a standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires
2321 // binding an lvalue reference to non-const to an rvalue or
2322 // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002323 //
2324 // FIXME: DPG doesn't trust this code. It seems far too early to
2325 // abort because of a binding of an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002326 if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid)
2327 return ICS;
2328
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002329 // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p16:
2330 // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
2331 // of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
2332
2333 // -- If the initializer expression
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002334 // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
2335 // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
2336 //
2337 // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
2338 if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
2339 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2340 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2341 // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
2342 // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
2343 // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
2344 // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
2345 // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
2346 // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
2347 ICS.setStandard();
2348 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2349 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2350 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2351 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2352 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2353 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2354 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2355 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2356 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
2357 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
2358 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2359
2360 // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
2361 // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
2362 // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
2363 // [over.best.ics]p2).
2364 return ICS;
2365 }
2366
2367 // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
2368 // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
2369 // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
2370 // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
2371 // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
2372 // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
2373 // one through overload resolution (13.3)),
2374 if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
2375 !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
2376 RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
2377 CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
2378 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2379
2380 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
2381 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
2382 = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
2383 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
2384 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
2385 NamedDecl *D = *I;
2386 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
2387 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2388 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2389
2390 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
2391 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
2392 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2393 if (ConvTemplate)
2394 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
2395 else
2396 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
2397
2398 // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
2399 // it can't be considered for this conversion.
2400 if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
2401 (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
2402 if (ConvTemplate)
2403 S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
2404 Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
2405 else
2406 S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
2407 DeclType, CandidateSet);
2408 }
2409 }
2410
2411 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2412 switch (S.BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
2413 case OR_Success:
2414 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2415 //
2416 // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
2417 // applying a conversion function to the argument
2418 // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
2419 // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
2420 // second standard conversion sequence either an identity
2421 // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
2422 // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
2423 // type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
2424 if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
2425 break;
2426
2427 ICS.setUserDefined();
2428 ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2429 ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
2430 ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
2431 ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
2432 assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
2433 ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
2434 "Expected a direct reference binding!");
2435 return ICS;
2436
2437 case OR_Ambiguous:
2438 ICS.setAmbiguous();
2439 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
2440 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
2441 if (Cand->Viable)
2442 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
2443 return ICS;
2444
2445 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2446 case OR_Deleted:
2447 // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
2448 // conversion; continue with other checks.
2449 break;
2450 }
2451 }
2452
2453 // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
2454 // type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
2455 // rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002456 //
2457 // We actually handle one oddity of C++ [over.ics.ref] at this
2458 // point, which is that, due to p2 (which short-circuits reference
2459 // binding by only attempting a simple conversion for non-direct
2460 // bindings) and p3's strange wording, we allow a const volatile
2461 // reference to bind to an rvalue. Hence the check for the presence
2462 // of "const" rather than checking for "const" being the only
2463 // qualifier.
2464 if (!isRValRef && !T1.isConstQualified())
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002465 return ICS;
2466
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002467 // -- if T2 is a class type and
2468 // -- the initializer expression is an rvalue and "cv1 T1"
2469 // is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002470 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002471 // -- T1 is not reference-related to T2 and the initializer
2472 // expression can be implicitly converted to an rvalue
2473 // of type "cv3 T3" (this conversion is selected by
2474 // enumerating the applicable conversion functions
2475 // (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best one through overload
2476 // resolution (13.3)),
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002477 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002478 // then the reference is bound to the initializer
2479 // expression rvalue in the first case and to the object
2480 // that is the result of the conversion in the second case
2481 // (or, in either case, to the appropriate base class
2482 // subobject of the object).
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002483 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002484 // We're only checking the first case here, which is a direct
2485 // binding in C++0x but not in C++03.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002486 if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
2487 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2488 ICS.setStandard();
2489 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2490 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2491 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2492 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2493 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2494 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2495 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2496 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002497 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002498 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2499 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2500 return ICS;
2501 }
2502
2503 // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
2504 // initialized from the initializer expression using the
2505 // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
2506 // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
2507 // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
2508 // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
2509 // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
2510 if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
2511 // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
2512 // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
2513 // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
2514 // initialization fails.
2515 return ICS;
2516 }
2517
2518 // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
2519 // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
2520 // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
2521 // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
2522 // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
2523 if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
2524 (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
2525 return ICS;
2526
2527 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002528 // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
2529 // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
2530 // required to convert the argument expression to the
2531 // underlying type of the reference according to
2532 // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
2533 // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
2534 // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
2535 // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
2536 // and does not constitute a conversion.
2537 ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
2538 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002539 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
2540
2541 // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
2542 if (ICS.isStandard()) {
2543 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2544 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2545 } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
2546 ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
2547 ICS.UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2548 }
2549 return ICS;
2550}
2551
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002552/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2553/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2554/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2555/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002556/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +00002557/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002558static ImplicitConversionSequence
2559TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregordcd27ff2010-04-16 17:53:55 +00002560 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002561 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002562 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002563 return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002564 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
2565 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002566 /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002567
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002568 return S.TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
2569 SuppressUserConversions,
2570 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002571 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002572}
2573
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002574/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2575/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2576/// expression @p From.
2577ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002578Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002579 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2580 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2581 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002582 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2583 // const volatile object.
2584 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2585 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2586 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002587
2588 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2589 // to exit early.
2590 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002591
2592 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002593 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002594 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002595 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2596
2597 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002598
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002599 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002600 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2601 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2602 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002603 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002604 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2605 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2606 // non-constant references.
2607
2608 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2609 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2610 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002611 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2612 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002613 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002614 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2615 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002616 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002617 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002618
2619 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2620 // affects the conversion rank.
2621 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002622 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2623 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2624 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2625 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2626 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002627 else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002628 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2629 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002630 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002631 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002632
2633 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002634 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002635 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2636 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002637 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002638 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002639 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2640 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002641 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002642 return ICS;
2643}
2644
2645/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2646/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2647/// expression.
2648bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002649Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2650 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002651 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002652 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002653 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002654 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002655 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002656
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002657 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002658 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2659 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2660 } else {
2661 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2662 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2663 }
2664
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002665 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2666 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002667 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002668 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2669 Method->getParent());
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002670 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002671 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002672 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002673 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002674
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002675 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002676 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002677
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002678 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00002679 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp,
2680 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->isPointerType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002681 return false;
2682}
2683
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002684/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2685/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2686ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002687 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002688 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2689 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002691 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002692}
2693
2694/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2695/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2696bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2697 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002698 if (!ICS.isBad())
2699 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002700
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002701 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002702 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2703 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2704 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2705 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002706}
2707
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002708/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002709/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2710/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2711/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002712///
2713/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2714/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2715/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002716void
2717Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002718 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002719 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002720 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002721 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002722 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002724 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002725 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002727 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002728
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002729 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002730 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2731 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2732 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2733 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2734 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002735 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2736 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2737 // is irrelevant.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002738 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002739 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002740 SuppressUserConversions);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002741 return;
2742 }
2743 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2744 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002745 }
2746
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002747 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002748 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002749
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002750 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2751 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2752
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002753 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2754 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2755 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2756 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2757 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2758 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2759 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor901e7172010-02-21 18:30:38 +00002760 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
2761 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002762 return;
2763 }
2764
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002765 // Add this candidate
2766 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2767 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002768 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002769 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002770 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002771 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002772 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002773
2774 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2775
2776 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2777 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2778 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002779 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2780 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002781 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002782 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002783 return;
2784 }
2785
2786 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2787 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2788 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2789 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2790 // exactly m parameters.
2791 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002792 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002793 // Not enough arguments.
2794 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002795 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002796 return;
2797 }
2798
2799 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2800 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002801 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2802 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2803 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2804 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2805 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2806 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2807 // parameter of F.
2808 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002810 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00002811 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002812 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002813 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
2814 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002815 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002816 break;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002817 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002818 } else {
2819 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2820 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2821 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002822 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002823 }
2824 }
2825}
2826
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002827/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2828/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002829void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002830 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2831 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2832 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002833 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002834 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2835 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002836 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002837 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002838 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2839 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002840 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2841 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002842 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002843 SuppressUserConversions);
2844 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002845 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002846 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2847 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002848 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002849 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002850 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002851 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002852 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002853 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002854 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002855 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002856 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002857 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2858 SuppressUserConversions);
2859 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002860 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002861}
2862
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002863/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2864/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002865void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002866 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002867 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2868 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002869 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002870 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002871 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002872
2873 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2874 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2875
2876 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2877 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2878 "Expected a member function template");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002879 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
2880 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002881 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002882 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002883 SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002884 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002885 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002886 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002887 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002888 }
2889}
2890
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002891/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2892/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2893/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2894/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2895/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2896/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002897/// operators.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002898void
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002899Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002900 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2901 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002902 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002903 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002905 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002906 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002907 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2908 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002909
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002910 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2911 return;
2912
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002913 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2914 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2915
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002916 // Add this candidate
2917 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2918 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002919 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002920 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002921 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002922 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002923
2924 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2925
2926 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2927 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2928 // list (8.3.5).
2929 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2930 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002931 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002932 return;
2933 }
2934
2935 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2936 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2937 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2938 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2939 // exactly m parameters.
2940 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2941 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2942 // Not enough arguments.
2943 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002944 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002945 return;
2946 }
2947
2948 Candidate.Viable = true;
2949 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2950
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002951 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002952 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2953 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2954 else {
2955 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2956 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002957 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2958 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002959 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002960 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002961 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002962 return;
2963 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002964 }
2965
2966 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2967 // arguments.
2968 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2969 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2970 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2971 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2972 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2973 // parameter of F.
2974 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002975 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002976 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002977 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002978 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002979 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002980 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002981 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002982 break;
2983 }
2984 } else {
2985 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2986 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2987 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002988 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002989 }
2990 }
2991}
2992
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002993/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2994/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2995/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002997Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002998 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002999 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003000 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003001 QualType ObjectType,
3002 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003003 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003004 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003005 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
3006 return;
3007
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003008 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003009 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003010 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003011 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003012 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3013 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3014 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3015 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3016 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003017 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003018 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3019 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003020 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003021 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
3022 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
3023 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
3024 (void)Result;
3025 return;
3026 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003027
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003028 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3029 // deduction as a candidate.
3030 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003031 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003032 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003033 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003034 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003035 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003036}
3037
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003038/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
3039/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
3040/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003042Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003043 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003044 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003045 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3046 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003047 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003048 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3049 return;
3050
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003051 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003053 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003054 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003055 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3056 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3057 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3058 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3059 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003060 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003061 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3062 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003063 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003064 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003065 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3066 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003067 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003068 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3069 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003070 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003071 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3072 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00003073
3074 // TODO: record more information about failed template arguments
3075 Candidate.DeductionFailure.Result = Result;
3076 Candidate.DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003077 return;
3078 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003079
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003080 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3081 // deduction as a candidate.
3082 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003083 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003084 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003085}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003087/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003089/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003091/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
3092/// conversion function produces).
3093void
3094Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003095 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003096 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003097 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3098 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003099 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
3100 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003101 QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003102 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3103 return;
3104
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003105 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3106 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3107
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003108 // Add this candidate
3109 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3110 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003111 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003112 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003113 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003114 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003115 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003116 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00003117 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003118
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003119 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3120 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003121 Candidate.Viable = true;
3122 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003123 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3124 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
3125 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00003126 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
3127 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
3128 // in overload resolution.
3129 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
3130 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003131 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003132 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003133 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003134 return;
3135 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003136
3137 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
3138 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
3139 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
3140 QualType FromCanon
3141 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
3142 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
3143 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
3144 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003145 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003146 return;
3147 }
3148
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003149 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
3150 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
3151 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
3152 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
3153 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
3154 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
3155 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
3156 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003158 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003159 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003160 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00003161 &ConversionRef, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162
3163 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003164 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
3165 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003166 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003167 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003168 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003169 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003170 TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003171 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003172 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003174 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003175 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
3176 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00003177
3178 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
3179 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
3180 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
3181 // shall have exact match rank.
3182 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3183 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
3184 Candidate.Viable = false;
3185 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
3186 }
3187
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003188 break;
3189
3190 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3191 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003192 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003193 break;
3194
3195 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003196 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003197 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
3198 }
3199}
3200
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003201/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
3202/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
3203/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
3204/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
3205/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003206void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003207Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003208 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003209 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003210 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3211 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3212 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3213 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
3214
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003215 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3216 return;
3217
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003218 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003219 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3220 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003221 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003222 Specialization, Info)) {
3223 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
3224 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
3225 (void)Result;
3226 return;
3227 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003228
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003229 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
3230 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
3231 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003232 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003233 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003234}
3235
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003236/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
3237/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
3238/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
3239/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
3240/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
3241void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003242 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003243 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003244 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003245 QualType ObjectType,
3246 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003247 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003248 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3249 return;
3250
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003251 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3252 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3253
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003254 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3255 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003256 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003257 Candidate.Function = 0;
3258 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
3259 Candidate.Viable = true;
3260 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003261 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003262 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3263
3264 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3265 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003267 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003268 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003269 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003270 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003271 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003272 return;
3273 }
3274
3275 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
3276 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
3277 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003278 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003279 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00003280 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003281 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003283 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
3284 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
3285
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003287 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3288
3289 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3290 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3291 // list (8.3.5).
3292 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3293 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003294 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003295 return;
3296 }
3297
3298 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
3299 // we have enough arguments.
3300 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3301 // Not enough arguments.
3302 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003303 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003304 return;
3305 }
3306
3307 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3308 // arguments.
3309 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3310 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3311 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3312 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3313 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3314 // parameter of F.
3315 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003317 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003318 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003319 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003320 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003321 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003322 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003323 break;
3324 }
3325 } else {
3326 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3327 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3328 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003329 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003330 }
3331 }
3332}
3333
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003334/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3335/// member functions.
3336///
3337/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3338/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3339/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3340/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3341/// [over.match.oper]).
3342void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3343 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3344 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3345 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3346 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003347 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3348
3349 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3350 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3351 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3352 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3353 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3354 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3355 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3356 // constructed as follows:
3357 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3358 QualType T2;
3359 if (NumArgs > 1)
3360 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3361
3362 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3363 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3364 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3365 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003366 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003367 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003368 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003369 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003370
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003371 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3372 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3373 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3374
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003375 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003376 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3377 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003378 ++Oper)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003379 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003380 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003381 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003382 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003383}
3384
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003385/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3386/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3387/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003388/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3389/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003390/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3391/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3392/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003393void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003394 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003395 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003396 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3397 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003398 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3399 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3400
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003401 // Add this candidate
3402 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3403 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003404 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003405 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003406 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003407 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003408 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3409 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3410 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3411
3412 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3413 // arguments.
3414 Candidate.Viable = true;
3415 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3416 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003417 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3418 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3419 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3420 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3421 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3422 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003424 //
3425 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3426 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3427 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3428 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003429 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003430 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003431 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3432 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3433 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003434 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003435 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003436 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003437 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003438 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003439 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003440 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003441 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003442 break;
3443 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003444 }
3445}
3446
3447/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3448/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3449/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3450/// enumeration types.
3451class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3452 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003453 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003454
3455 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3456 /// built-in candidates.
3457 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3458
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003459 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3460 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3461 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3462
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003463 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3464 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3465 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3466
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003467 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3468 /// candidate type set.
3469 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003470
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003471 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3472 ASTContext &Context;
3473
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003474 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3475 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003476 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003477
3478public:
3479 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003480 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003481
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003482 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003483 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003484
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003485 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3486 SourceLocation Loc,
3487 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003488 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3489 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003490
3491 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3492 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3493
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003494 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003495 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3496
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003497 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3498 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3499
3500 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3501 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3502
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003503 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3504 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3505
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003506 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003507 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3508};
3509
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003510/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003511/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3512/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3513/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3514/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3515/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3516/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003517///
3518/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003519bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003520BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3521 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003522
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003523 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003524 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003525 return false;
3526
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3528 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003529
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003530 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003531 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3532 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3533 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3534 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3535 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3536 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003537 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003538 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003539 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003540 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3541 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3542
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003543 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3544 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3545 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003546 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3547 // in the types.
3548 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3549 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003550 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3551 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003552 }
3553
3554 return true;
3555}
3556
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003557/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3558/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3559/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3560/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3561/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3562/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3563/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003564///
3565/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003566bool
3567BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3568 QualType Ty) {
3569 // Insert this type.
3570 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3571 return false;
3572
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003573 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3574 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003575
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003576 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003577 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3578 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3579 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3580 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3581 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3582 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003583 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3584
3585 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3586 // qualifiers.
3587 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3588 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3589 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3590
3591 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3592 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003593 }
3594
3595 return true;
3596}
3597
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003598/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3599/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003600/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3601/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003602/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3603/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3604/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3605/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003606void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003607BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003608 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003609 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003610 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3611 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003612 // Only deal with canonical types.
3613 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3614
3615 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3616 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003617 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003618 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3619
3620 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003621 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003622
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003623 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3624 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3625 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3626
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003627 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003628 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3629
3630 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3631 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003632 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003633 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003634 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3635 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3636 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3637 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003638 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003639 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003640 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003641 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003642 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003643 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3644 return;
3645 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003646
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003647 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003648 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003649 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003650 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003651 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003652 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3653 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3654 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003655
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003656 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003657 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003658 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003659 continue;
3660
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003661 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003662 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003663 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003664 VisibleQuals);
3665 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003666 }
3667 }
3668 }
3669}
3670
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003671/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3672/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3673/// given type to the candidate set.
3674static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3675 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003677 unsigned NumArgs,
3678 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3679 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003680
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003681 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3682 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3683 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3684 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3685 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003686
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003687 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3688 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003689 ParamTypes[0]
3690 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003691 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3692 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003694 }
3695}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003696
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003697/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3698/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003699static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3700 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3701 const RecordType *TyRec;
3702 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3703 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3704 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3705 else
3706 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3707 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003708 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003709 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3710 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3711 return VRQuals;
3712 }
3713
3714 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003715 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
3716 return VRQuals;
3717
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003718 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003719 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003720
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003721 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003722 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003723 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3724 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3725 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3726 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003727 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3728 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3729 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3730 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3731 // as see them.
3732 bool done = false;
3733 while (!done) {
3734 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3735 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3736 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3737 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3738 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3739 else
3740 done = true;
3741 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3742 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3743 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3744 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3745 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3746 return VRQuals;
3747 }
3748 }
3749 }
3750 return VRQuals;
3751}
3752
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003753/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3754/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3755/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3756/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3757/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003758void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003759Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003760 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003761 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3762 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003763 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3764 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3765 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3766 // types; these types need to be first.
3767 // FIXME: What about complex?
3768 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3769 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003770 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003771 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3772 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3773 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3774 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3775 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3777// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003778 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3779 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3780 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3781 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3782 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3783 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003784 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3785 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3786 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3787 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3788 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3789 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3790 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3791 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3792 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3793 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3794
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003795 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3796 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3797 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003798 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3799 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003800 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3801 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3802
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003803 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003804 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3805 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003806 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003807 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003808 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003809 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003810 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003811 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003812 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003813 true,
3814 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3815 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003816 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3817 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003818 }
3819
3820 bool isComparison = false;
3821 switch (Op) {
3822 case OO_None:
3823 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3824 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3825 break;
3826
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003827 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003828 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003829 goto UnaryStar;
3830 else
3831 goto BinaryStar;
3832 break;
3833
3834 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3835 if (NumArgs == 1)
3836 goto UnaryPlus;
3837 else
3838 goto BinaryPlus;
3839 break;
3840
3841 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3842 if (NumArgs == 1)
3843 goto UnaryMinus;
3844 else
3845 goto BinaryMinus;
3846 break;
3847
3848 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3849 if (NumArgs == 1)
3850 goto UnaryAmp;
3851 else
3852 goto BinaryAmp;
3853
3854 case OO_PlusPlus:
3855 case OO_MinusMinus:
3856 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3857 //
3858 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3859 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3860 // functions of the form
3861 //
3862 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3863 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3864 //
3865 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3866 //
3867 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3868 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3869 // candidate operator functions of the form
3870 //
3871 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3872 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003873 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003874 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3875 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003877 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003878
3879 // Non-volatile version.
3880 if (NumArgs == 1)
3881 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3882 else
3883 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003884 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3885 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3886 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3887 // Volatile version
3888 ParamTypes[0]
3889 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3890 if (NumArgs == 1)
3891 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3892 else
3893 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3894 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003895 }
3896
3897 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3898 //
3899 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3900 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3901 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3902 //
3903 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3904 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3905 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3906 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3907 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3908 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3909 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003910 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003911 continue;
3912
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003913 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3914 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003915 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003916
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003917 // Without volatile
3918 if (NumArgs == 1)
3919 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3920 else
3921 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3922
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003923 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3924 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003925 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003926 ParamTypes[0]
3927 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003928 if (NumArgs == 1)
3929 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3930 else
3931 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3932 }
3933 }
3934 break;
3935
3936 UnaryStar:
3937 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3938 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3939 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3940 //
3941 // T& operator*(T*);
3942 //
3943 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3944 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3945 // functions of the form
3946 // T& operator*(T*);
3947 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3948 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3949 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003950 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003951 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003952 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3953 }
3954 break;
3955
3956 UnaryPlus:
3957 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3958 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3959 // the form
3960 //
3961 // T* operator+(T*);
3962 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3963 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3964 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3965 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3966 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003968 // Fall through
3969
3970 UnaryMinus:
3971 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3972 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3973 // operator functions of the form
3974 //
3975 // T operator+(T);
3976 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003978 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3979 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3980 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3981 }
3982 break;
3983
3984 case OO_Tilde:
3985 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3986 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3987 // operator functions of the form
3988 //
3989 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003991 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3992 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3993 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3994 }
3995 break;
3996
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003997 case OO_New:
3998 case OO_Delete:
3999 case OO_Array_New:
4000 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004001 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004002 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004003 break;
4004
4005 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004006 UnaryAmp:
4007 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004008 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
4009 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
4010 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004011 break;
4012
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004013 case OO_EqualEqual:
4014 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
4015 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004016 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
4017 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004018 //
4019 // bool operator==(T,T);
4020 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004021 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004022 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4023 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4024 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
4025 ++MemPtr) {
4026 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
4027 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4028 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004030 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004031
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004032 case OO_Less:
4033 case OO_Greater:
4034 case OO_LessEqual:
4035 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004036 // C++ [over.built]p15:
4037 //
4038 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
4039 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004041 // bool operator<(T, T);
4042 // bool operator>(T, T);
4043 // bool operator<=(T, T);
4044 // bool operator>=(T, T);
4045 // bool operator==(T, T);
4046 // bool operator!=(T, T);
4047 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4048 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4049 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4050 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4051 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004052 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004053 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
4054 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
4055 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
4056 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4057 }
4058
4059 // Fall through.
4060 isComparison = true;
4061
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004062 BinaryPlus:
4063 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004064 if (!isComparison) {
4065 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
4066
4067 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4068 //
4069 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
4070 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004071 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004072 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4073 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
4074 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4075 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4076 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
4077 //
4078 // C++ [over.built]p14:
4079 //
4080 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
4081 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4082 //
4083 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004084 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004085 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4086 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4087 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
4088
4089 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
4090 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4091
4092 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
4093 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4094 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4095 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4096 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4097 } else {
4098 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
4099 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4100 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
4101 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4102 }
4103 }
4104 }
4105 // Fall through
4106
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004107 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004108 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004109 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004110 // C++ [over.built]p12:
4111 //
4112 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
4113 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4114 //
4115 // LR operator*(L, R);
4116 // LR operator/(L, R);
4117 // LR operator+(L, R);
4118 // LR operator-(L, R);
4119 // bool operator<(L, R);
4120 // bool operator>(L, R);
4121 // bool operator<=(L, R);
4122 // bool operator>=(L, R);
4123 // bool operator==(L, R);
4124 // bool operator!=(L, R);
4125 //
4126 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4127 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004128 //
4129 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4130 //
4131 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
4132 // candidate operator functions of the form
4133 //
4134 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
4135 //
4136 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4137 // between types L and R.
4138 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004140 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004142 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4143 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004144 QualType Result
4145 = isComparison
4146 ? Context.BoolTy
4147 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004148 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4149 }
4150 }
4151 break;
4152
4153 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004154 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004155 case OO_Caret:
4156 case OO_Pipe:
4157 case OO_LessLess:
4158 case OO_GreaterGreater:
4159 // C++ [over.built]p17:
4160 //
4161 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
4162 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4163 //
4164 // LR operator%(L, R);
4165 // LR operator&(L, R);
4166 // LR operator^(L, R);
4167 // LR operator|(L, R);
4168 // L operator<<(L, R);
4169 // L operator>>(L, R);
4170 //
4171 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4172 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004173 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004174 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004175 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004176 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4177 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
4178 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
4179 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004180 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004181 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4182 }
4183 }
4184 break;
4185
4186 case OO_Equal:
4187 // C++ [over.built]p20:
4188 //
4189 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004190 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004191 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4192 //
4193 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004194 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4195 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
4196 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
4197 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004198 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004199 CandidateSet);
4200 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4201 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4202 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4203 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004204 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004205 CandidateSet);
4206 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004207
4208 case OO_PlusEqual:
4209 case OO_MinusEqual:
4210 // C++ [over.built]p19:
4211 //
4212 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
4213 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
4214 // of the form
4215 //
4216 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
4217 //
4218 // C++ [over.built]p21:
4219 //
4220 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4221 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
4222 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4223 //
4224 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4225 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4226 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4227 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4228 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4229 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
4230
4231 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004232 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004233 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4234 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004235
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004236 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4237 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004238 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004239 ParamTypes[0]
4240 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004241 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4242 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004243 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004244 }
4245 // Fall through.
4246
4247 case OO_StarEqual:
4248 case OO_SlashEqual:
4249 // C++ [over.built]p18:
4250 //
4251 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
4252 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
4253 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
4254 // the form
4255 //
4256 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
4257 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
4258 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
4259 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
4260 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
4261 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004263 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4264 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4265 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4266
4267 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004268 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004269 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4270 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004271
4272 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004273 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4274 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
4275 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4276 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4277 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4278 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004279 }
4280 }
4281 break;
4282
4283 case OO_PercentEqual:
4284 case OO_LessLessEqual:
4285 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
4286 case OO_AmpEqual:
4287 case OO_CaretEqual:
4288 case OO_PipeEqual:
4289 // C++ [over.built]p22:
4290 //
4291 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
4292 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
4293 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4294 //
4295 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
4296 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
4297 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
4298 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
4299 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
4300 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
4301 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004303 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4304 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4305 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4306
4307 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004308 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004309 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00004310 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4311 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4312 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
4313 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
4314 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4315 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4316 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004317 }
4318 }
4319 break;
4320
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004321 case OO_Exclaim: {
4322 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4323 //
4324 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4325 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004326 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004327 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4328 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4329 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004330 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4331 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4332 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004333 break;
4334 }
4335
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004336 case OO_AmpAmp:
4337 case OO_PipePipe: {
4338 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4339 //
4340 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4341 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004342 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004343 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4344 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4345 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004346 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4347 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4348 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004349 break;
4350 }
4351
4352 case OO_Subscript:
4353 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4354 //
4355 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4356 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004357 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004358 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4359 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4360 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4361 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4362 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4363 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4364 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4365 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004366 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004367 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004368
4369 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4370 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4371
4372 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4373 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4374 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4375 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4376 }
4377 break;
4378
4379 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004380 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4381 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4382 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4383 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4384 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4385 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4386 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4387 {
4388 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4389 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4390 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4391 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4392 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004393 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004394 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004395 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004396 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4397 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004398 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4399 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4400 // volatile/restrict type.
4401 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4402 continue;
4403 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4404 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004405 }
4406 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4407 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4408 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4409 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4410 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4411 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004412 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004413 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4414 break;
4415 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4416 // build CV12 T&
4417 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004418 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4419 T.isVolatileQualified())
4420 continue;
4421 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4422 T.isRestrictQualified())
4423 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004424 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004425 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4426 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4427 }
4428 }
4429 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004430 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004431
4432 case OO_Conditional:
4433 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4434 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4435 // therefore added as binary.
4436 //
4437 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4438 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4439 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4440 //
4441 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4442 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004443 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4444 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4445 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4446 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4447 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004448 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4449 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4450 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4451 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4452 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4453 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004454 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004455 }
4456}
4457
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004458/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4459/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4460///
4461/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4462/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4463/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4464/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004465void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004466Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004467 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004468 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004469 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004470 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4471 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004472 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004473
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004474 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4475 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4476 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4477 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4478 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4479 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4480
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004481 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004482 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004483
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004484 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004485 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4486 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4487 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004488 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004489 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004490 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004491 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004492 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004493
4494 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4495 // set.
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004496 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004497 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004498 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004499 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004500 continue;
4501
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004502 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00004503 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004504 } else
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004505 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004506 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004507 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004508 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004509}
4510
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004511/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4512/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004513bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004514Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004515 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4516 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004517 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4518 // functions.
4519 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4520 return Cand1.Viable;
4521 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4522 return false;
4523
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004524 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4525 //
4526 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4527 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4528 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4529 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4530 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4531 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4532 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004533
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004534 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004535 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4536 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004537 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004538 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4539 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4540 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004541 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004542 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4543 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4544 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4545 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4546 HasBetterConversion = true;
4547 break;
4548
4549 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4550 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4551 return false;
4552
4553 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4554 // Do nothing.
4555 break;
4556 }
4557 }
4558
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004559 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004560 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004561 if (HasBetterConversion)
4562 return true;
4563
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004565 // specialization, or, if not that,
4566 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4567 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4568 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004569
4570 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4571 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4572 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004573 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004574 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4575 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004576 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4577 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4578 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004579 Loc,
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004580 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4581 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004582 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004583
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004584 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4585 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4586 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4587 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4588 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4589 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004590 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4591 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004592 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4593 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4594 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4595 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4596 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4597 return true;
4598
4599 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4600 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4601 return false;
4602
4603 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4604 // Do nothing
4605 break;
4606 }
4607 }
4608
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004609 return false;
4610}
4611
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004612/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004613/// within an overload candidate set.
4614///
4615/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4616///
4617/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4618/// which overload resolution occurs.
4619///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004620/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004621/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4622///
4623/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004624OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4625 SourceLocation Loc,
4626 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004627 // Find the best viable function.
4628 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4629 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4630 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4631 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004632 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
4633 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004634 Best = Cand;
4635 }
4636 }
4637
4638 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4639 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4640 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4641
4642 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4643 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4644 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4645 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004647 Cand != Best &&
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004648 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004649 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004650 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004651 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004652 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004654 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004655 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004657 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004658 return OR_Deleted;
4659
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004660 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4661 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4663 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004664 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4665 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4666 if (Best->Function)
4667 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004668 return OR_Success;
4669}
4670
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004671namespace {
4672
4673enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4674 oc_function,
4675 oc_method,
4676 oc_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004677 oc_function_template,
4678 oc_method_template,
4679 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004680 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4681 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004682 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004683};
4684
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004685OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4686 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4687 std::string &Description) {
4688 bool isTemplate = false;
4689
4690 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4691 isTemplate = true;
4692 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4693 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4694 }
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004695
4696 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004697 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004698 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004699
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004700 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4701 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004702 }
4703
4704 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4705 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4706 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004707 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004708 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004709
4710 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4711 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004712 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4713 }
4714
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004715 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004716}
4717
4718} // end anonymous namespace
4719
4720// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4721void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004722 std::string FnDesc;
4723 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4724 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4725 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004726}
4727
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004728/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4729/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4730/// target types of the conversion.
4731void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4732 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4733 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4734 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4735 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4736 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4737 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4738 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4739 }
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004740}
4741
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004742namespace {
4743
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004744void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4745 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4746 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004747 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4748 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4749
4750 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4751 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4752 // conversion-slot index.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004753 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004754 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004755 if (I == 0)
4756 isObjectArgument = true;
4757 else
4758 I--;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004759 }
4760
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004761 std::string FnDesc;
4762 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
4763
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004764 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
4765 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
4766 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004767
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004768 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004769 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004770 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
4771 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
4772 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004773 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004774
4775 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
4776 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4777 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4778 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
4779 return;
4780 }
4781
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004782 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
4783 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004784 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
4785 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
4786 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4787 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4788 else {
4789 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
4790 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4791 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4792 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
4793 }
4794
4795 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
4796 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
4797 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
4798 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
4799 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4800 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
4801 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4802
4803 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
4804 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
4805
4806 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
4807 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
4808 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4809 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4810 << FromTy
4811 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
4812 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4813 return;
4814 }
4815
4816 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
4817 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
4818
4819 if (isObjectArgument) {
4820 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
4821 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4822 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4823 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
4824 } else {
4825 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
4826 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4827 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4828 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
4829 }
4830 return;
4831 }
4832
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004833 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
4834 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
4835 // the failure.
4836 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
4837 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4838 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
4839 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
4840 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
4841 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4842 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4843 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4844 return;
4845 }
4846
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004847 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004848 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
4849 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004850 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalla1709fd2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00004851 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004852}
4853
4854void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4855 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
4856 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
4857
4858 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4859 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4860
4861 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
4862
4863 // at least / at most / exactly
4864 unsigned mode, modeCount;
4865 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
4866 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments);
4867 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
4868 mode = 0; // "at least"
4869 else
4870 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4871 modeCount = MinParams;
4872 } else {
4873 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments);
4874 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
4875 mode = 1; // "at most"
4876 else
4877 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4878 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
4879 }
4880
4881 std::string Description;
4882 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
4883
4884 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
4885 << (unsigned) FnKind << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004886}
4887
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004888/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
4889void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4890 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4891 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
4892
4893 TemplateParameter Param = TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(
4894 Cand->DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter);
4895
4896 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
4897 case Sema::TDK_Success:
4898 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
4899
4900 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
4901 NamedDecl *ParamD;
4902 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
4903 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
4904 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
4905 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
4906 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
4907 << ParamD->getDeclName();
4908 return;
4909 }
4910
4911 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
4912 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
4913 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
4914 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
4915 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
4916 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
4917 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
4918 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
4919 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
4920 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
4921 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
4922 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
4923 return;
4924 }
4925}
4926
4927/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
4928/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
4929///
4930/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
4931/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
4932/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
4933/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
4934/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
4935/// overload.
4936///
4937/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
4938/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
4939/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004940void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4941 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004942 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4943
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004944 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004945 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004946 std::string FnDesc;
4947 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004948
4949 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004950 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004951 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004952 }
4953
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004954 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
4955 if (Cand->Viable) {
4956 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
4957 return;
4958 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004959
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004960 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
4961 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
4962 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
4963 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004964
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004965 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004966 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4967
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004968 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
4969 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00004970 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004971 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004972
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004973 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
4974 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
4975 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004976 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
4977 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
4978
4979 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
4980 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
4981 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
4982 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004983 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004984 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004985}
4986
4987void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4988 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4989 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4990 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4991 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4992 bool isLValueReference = false;
4993 bool isRValueReference = false;
4994 bool isPointer = false;
4995 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4996 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4997 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4998 isLValueReference = true;
4999 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
5000 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
5001 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5002 isRValueReference = true;
5003 }
5004 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5005 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5006 isPointer = true;
5007 }
5008 // Desugar down to a function type.
5009 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
5010 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
5011 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
5012 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
5013 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
5014
5015 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
5016 << FnType;
5017}
5018
5019void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
5020 const char *Opc,
5021 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5022 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5023 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
5024 std::string TypeStr("operator");
5025 TypeStr += Opc;
5026 TypeStr += "(";
5027 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
5028 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
5029 TypeStr += ")";
5030 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5031 } else {
5032 TypeStr += ", ";
5033 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
5034 TypeStr += ")";
5035 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5036 }
5037}
5038
5039void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5040 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5041 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
5042 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
5043 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005044 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
5045 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
5046
5047 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005048 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005049 }
5050}
5051
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005052SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5053 if (Cand->Function)
5054 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005055 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005056 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
5057 return SourceLocation();
5058}
5059
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005060struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
5061 Sema &S;
5062 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005063
5064 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
5065 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005066 // Fast-path this check.
5067 if (L == R) return false;
5068
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005069 // Order first by viability.
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005070 if (L->Viable) {
5071 if (!R->Viable) return true;
5072
5073 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
5074 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
5075 // that could exploit it.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005076 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
5077 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005078 } else if (R->Viable)
5079 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005080
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005081 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005082
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005083 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
5084 if (!L->Viable) {
5085 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
5086 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5087 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5088 return false;
5089 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5090 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5091 return true;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005092
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005093 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
5094 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
5095 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
5096 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5097 return true;
5098
5099 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
5100 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
5101 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
5102
5103 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall21b57fa2010-02-25 10:46:05 +00005104 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
5105 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005106 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
5107 R->Conversions[I])) {
5108 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5109 leftBetter++;
5110 break;
5111
5112 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5113 leftBetter--;
5114 break;
5115
5116 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5117 break;
5118 }
5119 }
5120 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
5121 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
5122
5123 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5124 return false;
5125
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005126 // TODO: others?
5127 }
5128
5129 // Sort everything else by location.
5130 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
5131 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
5132
5133 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
5134 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
5135 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
5136
5137 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005138 }
5139};
5140
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005141/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
5142/// computes up to the first
5143void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5144 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5145 assert(!Cand->Viable);
5146
5147 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
5148 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
5149
5150 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005151 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005152 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
5153 while (true) {
5154 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
5155 ConvIdx++;
5156 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
5157 break;
5158 }
5159
5160 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
5161 return;
5162
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005163 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
5164 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
5165
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00005166 // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005167 // operation somehow.
5168 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005169
5170 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
5171 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
5172
5173 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
5174 QualType ConvType
5175 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5176 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5177 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
5178 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5179 ArgIdx--;
5180 } else if (Cand->Function) {
5181 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5182 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
5183 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
5184 ArgIdx--;
5185 } else {
5186 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
5187 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
5188 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
5189 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005190 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
5191 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
5192 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005193 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005194 return;
5195 }
5196
5197 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
5198 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5199 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
5200 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
5201 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005202 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
5203 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005204 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005205 else
5206 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
5207 }
5208}
5209
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005210} // end anonymous namespace
5211
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005212/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
5213/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005214/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005215void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005216Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005217 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005218 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005219 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00005220 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005221 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
5222 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
5223 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
5224 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
5225 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
5226 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005227 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
5228 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005229 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005230 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
5231 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5232 Cands.push_back(Cand);
5233 }
5234 }
5235
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005236 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
5237 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005238
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005239 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005240
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005241 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
5242 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5243 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00005244
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005245 if (Cand->Function)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005246 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005247 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
5248 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
5249
5250 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
5251 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005252 else if (Cand->Viable) {
5253 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
5254 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
5255 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
5256 //
5257 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
5258 // different ambiguities, though.
5259 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
5260 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
5261 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
5262 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005263
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005264 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005265 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005266 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005267 }
5268}
5269
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005270static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005271 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005272 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005273
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005274 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005275}
5276
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005277/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
5278/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
5279/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
5280/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
5281///
5282/// @code
5283/// int f(double);
5284/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005285///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005286/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
5287/// @endcode
5288///
5289/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
5290/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
5291/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
5292FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005293Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005294 bool Complain,
5295 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005296 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005297 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005298 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005299 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005300 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00005301 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005302 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005303 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005304 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5305 IsMember = true;
5306 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005307
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005308 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5309 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5310 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005311 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5312 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5313 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005314 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
5315 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5316 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5317 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5318 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005319 }
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005320
5321 // We expect a pointer or reference to function, or a function pointer.
5322 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
5323 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
5324 if (Complain)
5325 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
5326 << OvlExpr->getName() << ToType;
5327
5328 return 0;
5329 }
5330
5331 assert(From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005332
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005333 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5334 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005335 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb242683d2010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005336 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5337
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005338 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005339 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5340 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005341 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5342 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5343
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005344 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5345 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005346 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5347 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005348 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5349 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005350
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005351 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005352 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005353 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005354 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005355 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005356 // static when converting to member pointer.
5357 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5358 continue;
5359 } else if (IsMember)
5360 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005361
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005362 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005363 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5364 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5365 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5366 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005367 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005368 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005369 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005370 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005371 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005372 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005373 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5374 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5375 (void)Result;
5376 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005377 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5378 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005379 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005380 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005381 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5382 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005383 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005384
5385 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005386 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005387
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005388 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005389 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5390 // when converting to member pointer.
5391 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005392 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005393
5394 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005395 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005396 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005397 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005398 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005399
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005400 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005401 QualType ResultTy;
5402 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5403 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5404 ResultTy)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005405 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5406 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005407 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005409 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005410 }
5411
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005412 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005413 if (Matches.empty()) {
5414 if (Complain) {
5415 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
5416 << OvlExpr->getName() << FunctionType;
5417 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5418 E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
5419 I != E; ++I)
5420 if (FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
5421 NoteOverloadCandidate(F);
5422 }
5423
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005424 return 0;
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005425 } else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005426 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005427 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005428 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005429 if (Complain)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005430 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005431 return Result;
5432 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005433
5434 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5435 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005436 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005437 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5438 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5439 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5440 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5441 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5442
5443 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5444 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5445 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5446 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005447
5448 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5449 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5450 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005451
5452 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005453 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005454 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5455 PDiag(),
5456 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005457 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005458 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5459 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005460 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005461 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005462 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
5463 if (Complain)
5464 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005465 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005466 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005467
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005468 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5469 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005470 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005471 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005472 ++I;
5473 else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005474 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5475 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005476 }
5477 }
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005478
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005479 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005480 // selected function.
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005481 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005482 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005483 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005484 if (Complain)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005485 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
5486 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005487 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005488
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005489 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5490 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5491 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005492 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
5493 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5494 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005495 return 0;
5496}
5497
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005498/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5499/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5500///
5501/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5502/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5503/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5504/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5505FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5506 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5507 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5508 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005509 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5510 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5511 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005512
5513 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
5514 return 0;
5515
5516 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005517
5518 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005519 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005520 return 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005521
5522 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5523 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005524
5525 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5526 // whose type matches exactly.
5527 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005528 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5529 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005530 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5531 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5532 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5533 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5534 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5535 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5536 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5537
5538 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5539 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5540 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5541 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5542 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5543 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005544 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005545 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005546 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5547 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5548 Specialization, Info)) {
5549 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5550 (void)Result;
5551 continue;
5552 }
5553
5554 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5555 if (Matched)
5556 return 0;
5557
5558 Matched = Specialization;
5559 }
5560
5561 return Matched;
5562}
5563
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005564/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5565static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005566 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005567 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005568 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5569 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5570 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005571 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005572 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5573 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5574
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005575 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005576 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005577 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00005578 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005579 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005580 }
5581
5582 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5583 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005584 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
5585 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005586 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005587 return;
5588 }
5589
5590 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5591
5592 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005593}
5594
5595/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5596/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005597void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005598 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5599 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5600 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005601
5602#ifndef NDEBUG
5603 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5604 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005605 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005606 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5607 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5608 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5609 //
5610 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5611 //
5612 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005613 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005614 //
5615 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5616 // template
5617 //
5618 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005619
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005620 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5621 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5622 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5623 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5624 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5625 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5626 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005627 }
5628 }
5629#endif
5630
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005631 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5632 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5633 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5634 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5635 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5636 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5637 }
5638
5639 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5640 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005641 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005642 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005643 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005644
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005645 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005646 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
5647 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005648 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005649 CandidateSet,
5650 PartialOverloading);
5651}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005652
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005653static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5654 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5655 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5656 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5657 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5658 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5659}
5660
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005661/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5662///
5663/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005664static Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005665BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005666 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5667 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5668 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5669 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5670 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005671
5672 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5673 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5674 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5675 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5676 }
5677
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005678 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5679 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5680 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5681 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5682 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5683 }
5684
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005685 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5686 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005687 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005688 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005689
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005690 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5691
5692 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5693 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5694 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5695 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5696 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5697 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5698 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5699 else
5700 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
5701
5702 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
5703 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
5704
5705 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5706
5707 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
5708 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
5709 // end up here.
5710 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
5711 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
5712 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005713}
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005714
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005715/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00005716/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
5717/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
5718/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
5719/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00005720/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005721/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005722Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005723Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005724 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5725 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5726 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5727 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5728#ifndef NDEBUG
5729 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5730 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
5731 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
5732
5733 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
5734 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
5735 FunctionDecl *F;
5736 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
5737 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
5738 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
5739 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
5740
5741 // We don't perform ADL in C.
5742 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
5743 }
5744#endif
5745
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005746 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00005747
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005748 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
5749 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5750 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005751
5752 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5753 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5754 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005755 if (CandidateSet.empty())
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005756 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005757 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005758
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005759 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005760 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005761 case OR_Success: {
5762 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005763 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005764 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005765 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5766 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005767
5768 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005769 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005770 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005771 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005772 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005773 break;
5774
5775 case OR_Ambiguous:
5776 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005777 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005778 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005779 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005780
5781 case OR_Deleted:
5782 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5783 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005784 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005785 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005786 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005787 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005788 }
5789
5790 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5791 // return NULL.
5792 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5793 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5794 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005795 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005796}
5797
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005798static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005799 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5800 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5801}
5802
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005803/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5804/// operator.
5805///
5806/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5807///
5808/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5809/// operator.
5810///
5811/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5812/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5813/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5814/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5815/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5816/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5817///
5818/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005819Sema::OwningExprResult
5820Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
5821 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
5822 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005823 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5824 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5825
5826 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5827 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5828 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5829
5830 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5831 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005832
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005833 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5834 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5835 // post-decrement.
5836 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5837 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005838 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005839 SourceLocation());
5840 NumArgs = 2;
5841 }
5842
5843 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005844 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005845 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005846 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005847 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005848 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
5849 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005850
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005851 input.release();
5852 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5853 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5854 Context.DependentTy,
5855 OpLoc));
5856 }
5857
5858 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005859 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005860
5861 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005862 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005863
5864 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5865 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5866
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005867 // Add candidates from ADL.
5868 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregor6ec89d42010-02-05 05:15:43 +00005869 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005870 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
5871 CandidateSet);
5872
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005873 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005874 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005875
5876 // Perform overload resolution.
5877 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005878 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005879 case OR_Success: {
5880 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5881 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005882
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005883 if (FnDecl) {
5884 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5885 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005886
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005887 // Convert the arguments.
5888 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005889 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005890
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005891 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
5892 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005893 return ExprError();
5894 } else {
5895 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005896 OwningExprResult InputInit
5897 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005898 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005899 SourceLocation(),
5900 move(input));
5901 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005902 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005903
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005904 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005905 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005906 }
5907
5908 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005909 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005910
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005911 // Build the actual expression node.
5912 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5913 SourceLocation());
5914 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005915
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005916 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005917 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005918 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5919 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005920 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005921
5922 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5923 FnDecl))
5924 return ExprError();
5925
5926 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005927 } else {
5928 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5929 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5930 // operator node.
5931 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005932 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005933 return ExprError();
5934
5935 break;
5936 }
5937 }
5938
5939 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5940 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5941 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5942 break;
5943
5944 case OR_Ambiguous:
5945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5946 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5947 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005948 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005949 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005950 return ExprError();
5951
5952 case OR_Deleted:
5953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5954 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5955 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5956 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005957 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005958 return ExprError();
5959 }
5960
5961 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5962 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5963 // build a built-in operation.
5964 input.release();
5965 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5966}
5967
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005968/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5969/// operator.
5970///
5971/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5972///
5973/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5974/// operator.
5975///
5976/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5977/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5978/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5979/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5980/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5981/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5982///
5983/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5984/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005985Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005986Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005987 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005988 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005989 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005990 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005991 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005992
5993 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5994 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5995 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5996
5997 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5998 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005999 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006000 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006001 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
6002 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
6003 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
6004 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6005 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
6006
6007 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6008 Context.DependentTy,
6009 Context.DependentTy,
6010 Context.DependentTy,
6011 OpLoc));
6012 }
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006013
6014 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006015 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006016 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006017 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006018 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006019 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006020
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006021 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006022 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006023 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006024 Context.DependentTy,
6025 OpLoc));
6026 }
6027
6028 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
6029 // create a built-in binary operator.
6030 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006031 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006032
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00006033 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
6034 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
6035 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
6036 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
6037 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
6038 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
6039 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006040 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006041
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006042 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006043 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006044
6045 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006046 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006047
6048 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6049 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6050
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006051 // Add candidates from ADL.
6052 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
6053 Args, 2,
6054 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6055 CandidateSet);
6056
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006057 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006058 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006059
6060 // Perform overload resolution.
6061 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006062 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00006063 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006064 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6065 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6066
6067 if (FnDecl) {
6068 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6069 // operator.
6070
6071 // Convert the arguments.
6072 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006073 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006074 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006075
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006076 OwningExprResult Arg1
6077 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6078 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6079 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6080 SourceLocation(),
6081 Owned(Args[1]));
6082 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006083 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006084
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006085 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006086 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006087 return ExprError();
6088
6089 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006090 } else {
6091 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006092 OwningExprResult Arg0
6093 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6094 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6095 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6096 SourceLocation(),
6097 Owned(Args[0]));
6098 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006099 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006100
6101 OwningExprResult Arg1
6102 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6103 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6104 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
6105 SourceLocation(),
6106 Owned(Args[1]));
6107 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
6108 return ExprError();
6109 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
6110 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006111 }
6112
6113 // Determine the result type
6114 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006115 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006116 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6117
6118 // Build the actual expression node.
6119 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00006120 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006121 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6122
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006123 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6124 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
6125 Args, 2, ResultTy,
6126 OpLoc));
6127
6128 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6129 FnDecl))
6130 return ExprError();
6131
6132 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006133 } else {
6134 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6135 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6136 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006137 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006138 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006139 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006140 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006141 return ExprError();
6142
6143 break;
6144 }
6145 }
6146
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006147 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
6148 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
6149 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
6150 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
6151 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
6152 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
6153 break;
6154
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006155 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
6156 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
6157 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006158 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
6159 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
6160 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006161 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
6162 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006163 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006164 } else {
6165 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
6166 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
6167 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006168 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006169 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
6170 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
6171 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006172 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006173 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006174 return move(Result);
6175 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006176
6177 case OR_Ambiguous:
6178 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6179 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006180 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006181 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006182 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006183 return ExprError();
6184
6185 case OR_Deleted:
6186 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6187 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6188 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006189 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006190 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006191 return ExprError();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00006192 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006193
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006194 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006195 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006196}
6197
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006198Action::OwningExprResult
6199Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
6200 SourceLocation RLoc,
6201 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
6202 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
6203 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
6204 DeclarationName OpName =
6205 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
6206
6207 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6208 // expression.
6209 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
6210
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006211 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006212 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006213 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006214 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006215 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006216 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006217
6218 Base.release();
6219 Idx.release();
6220 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
6221 Args, 2,
6222 Context.DependentTy,
6223 RLoc));
6224 }
6225
6226 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006227 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006228
6229 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
6230
6231 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6232 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6233
6234 // Add builtin operator candidates.
6235 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6236
6237 // Perform overload resolution.
6238 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
6239 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
6240 case OR_Success: {
6241 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6242 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6243
6244 if (FnDecl) {
6245 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6246 // operator.
6247
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006248 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006249
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006250 // Convert the arguments.
6251 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006252 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006253 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006254 return ExprError();
6255
Anders Carlssona68e51e2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00006256 // Convert the arguments.
6257 OwningExprResult InputInit
6258 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6259 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6260 SourceLocation(),
6261 Owned(Args[1]));
6262 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
6263 return ExprError();
6264
6265 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
6266
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006267 // Determine the result type
6268 QualType ResultTy
6269 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
6270 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6271
6272 // Build the actual expression node.
6273 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6274 LLoc);
6275 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6276
6277 Base.release();
6278 Idx.release();
6279 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6280 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
6281 FnExpr, Args, 2,
6282 ResultTy, RLoc));
6283
6284 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
6285 FnDecl))
6286 return ExprError();
6287
6288 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
6289 } else {
6290 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6291 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6292 // operator node.
6293 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006294 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006295 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006296 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006297 return ExprError();
6298
6299 break;
6300 }
6301 }
6302
6303 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006304 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6305 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6306 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
6307 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
6308 else
6309 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
6310 << Args[0]->getType()
6311 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006312 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006313 "[]", LLoc);
6314 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006315 }
6316
6317 case OR_Ambiguous:
6318 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6319 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006320 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006321 "[]", LLoc);
6322 return ExprError();
6323
6324 case OR_Deleted:
6325 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6326 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
6327 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006328 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006329 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006330 return ExprError();
6331 }
6332
6333 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
6334 Base.release();
6335 Idx.release();
6336 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
6337 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
6338}
6339
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006340/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6341/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6342/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6343/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6344/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6345/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6346/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006347Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006348Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6349 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006350 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6351 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6352 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6353 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006354 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6355
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006356 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006357 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall3a65ef42010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006358 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006359 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006360 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6361 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006362 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006363 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006364 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006365 } else {
6366 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006367 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6368
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006369 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006370
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006371 // Add overload candidates
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006372 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006373
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006374 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6375 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6376 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6377 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6378 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6379 }
6380
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006381 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6382 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6383
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006384 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6385 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6386 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6387 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6388
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006389 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006390 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6391 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006392 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006393 continue;
6394
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006395 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006396 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006397 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006398 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006399 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006400 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006401 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006402 CandidateSet,
6403 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006404 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006405 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006406
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006407 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6408
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006409 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006410 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006411 case OR_Success:
6412 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006413 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006414 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006415 break;
6416
6417 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006418 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006419 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006420 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006421 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006422 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006423 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006424
6425 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006426 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006427 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006428 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006429 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006430 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006431
6432 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006433 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006434 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006435 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006436 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006437 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006438 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006439 }
6440
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006441 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006442
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006443 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6444 // non-member call based on that function.
6445 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6446 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6447 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6448 }
6449
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006450 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006451 }
6452
6453 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006454 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006455 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006456 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006457 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6458 RParenLoc));
6459
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006460 // Check for a valid return type.
6461 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6462 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006463 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006464
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006465 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006466 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6467 // it was done at lookup.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006468 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006469 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006470 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
6471 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006472 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006473 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6474
6475 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006476 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006477 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006478 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006479 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006480
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006481 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006482 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006483
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006484 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006485}
6486
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006487/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6488/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6489/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6490/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006491Sema::ExprResult
6492Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006493 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006494 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006495 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006496 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6497 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006498 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006499
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006500 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6501 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006502 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006503 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6504 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6505 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6506 // (E).operator().
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006507 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006508 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006509
6510 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006511 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006512 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6513 return true;
6514
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006515 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6516 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6517 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6518
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006519 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006520 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006521 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006522 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006523 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006524 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006525
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006526 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6527 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6528 // form
6529 //
6530 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6531 //
6532 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6533 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006534 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6535 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6536 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6537 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006538 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6539 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6540 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6541 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6542 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006543 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor21591822010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006544 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006545 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006546 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006547 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6548 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6549 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6550 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6551
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006552 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6553 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006554 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006555 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006556
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006557 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006558
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006559 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6560 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6561 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6562 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6563 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006564
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006565 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006566 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006567 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6568 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006569 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006570
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006571 // Perform overload resolution.
6572 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006573 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006574 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006575 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6576 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006577 break;
6578
6579 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006580 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6581 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6582 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6583 << Object->getSourceRange();
6584 else
6585 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6586 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6587 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006588 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006589 break;
6590
6591 case OR_Ambiguous:
6592 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6593 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006594 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006595 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006596 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006597
6598 case OR_Deleted:
6599 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6600 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6601 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6602 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006603 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006604 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006605 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006606
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006607 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006608 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6609 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006610 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006611 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006612 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006613 return true;
6614 }
6615
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006616 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6617 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6618 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006619 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006620 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6621 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6622
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006623 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006624
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006625 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6626 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6627 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006628
6629 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006630 // and then call it.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006631 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
6632 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006633
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006634 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006635 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006636 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006637 }
6638
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006639 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006640
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006641 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6642 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6643 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6644 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006645 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006646
6647 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6648 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6649
6650 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6651 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6652 // list).
6653 Expr **MethodArgs;
6654 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6655 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6656 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6657 } else {
6658 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6659 }
6660 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6661 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6662 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006663
6664 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006665 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006666 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6667
6668 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6669 // owned.
6670 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006671 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6672 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006673 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006674 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006675 delete [] MethodArgs;
6676
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006677 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6678 Method))
6679 return true;
6680
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006681 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6682 // slots in the call for them.
6683 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006684 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006685 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6686 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6687
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006688 bool IsError = false;
6689
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006690 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006691 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006692 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006693 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
6694
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006695
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006696 // Check the argument types.
6697 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006698 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006699 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006700 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006701
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006702 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson7c5fe482010-01-29 18:43:53 +00006703
6704 OwningExprResult InputInit
6705 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6706 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
6707 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
6708
6709 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
6710 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006711 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00006712 OwningExprResult DefArg
6713 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
6714 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
6715 IsError = true;
6716 break;
6717 }
6718
6719 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006720 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006721
6722 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6723 }
6724
6725 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6726 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
6727 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6728 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
6729 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006730 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006731 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6732 }
6733 }
6734
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006735 if (IsError) return true;
6736
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006737 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
6738 return true;
6739
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006740 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006741}
6742
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006743/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006744/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006745/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006746Sema::OwningExprResult
6747Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6748 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006749 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006750
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006751 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
6752
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006753 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
6754 //
6755 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
6756 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
6757 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
6758 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006759 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006760 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006761 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006762
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006763 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00006764 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
6765 << Base->getSourceRange()))
6766 return ExprError();
6767
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006768 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6769 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
6770 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006771
6772 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006773 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006774 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006775 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006776 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006777
6778 // Perform overload resolution.
6779 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006780 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006781 case OR_Success:
6782 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
6783 break;
6784
6785 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6786 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006788 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006789 else
6790 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006791 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006792 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006793 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006794
6795 case OR_Ambiguous:
6796 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006797 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006798 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006799 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006800
6801 case OR_Deleted:
6802 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6803 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006804 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006805 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006806 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006807 }
6808
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006809 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
6810
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006811 // Convert the object parameter.
6812 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006813 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6814 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006816
6817 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006818 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006819
6820 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006821 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6822 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006823 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006824
6825 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6826 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6827 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6828 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6829
6830 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6831 Method))
6832 return ExprError();
6833 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006834}
6835
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006836/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6837/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6838/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6839/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006840/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006841Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006842 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006843 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006844 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
6845 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006846 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6847 return PE->Retain();
6848
6849 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6850 }
6851
6852 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006853 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
6854 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006855 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006856 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006857 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006858 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6859 return ICE->Retain();
6860
6861 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6862 ICE->getCastKind(),
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00006863 SubExpr, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006864 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6865 }
6866
6867 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006868 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006869 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006870 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6871 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6872 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6873 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006874 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006875 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6876 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6877 // or template.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006878 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6879 Found, Fn);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006880 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6881 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006882
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006883 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6884 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6885 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6886 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6887
6888 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6889 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6890 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6891 QualType ClassType
6892 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6893 QualType MemPtrType
6894 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6895
6896 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6897 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006898 }
6899 }
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006900 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6901 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006902 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6903 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006904
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006905 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6906 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6907 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006908 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006909
6910 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006911 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6912 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006913 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006914 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6915 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006916 }
6917
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006918 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6919 ULE->getQualifier(),
6920 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6921 Fn,
6922 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006923 Fn->getType(),
6924 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006925 }
6926
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006927 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006928 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006929 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6930 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6931 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6932 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6933 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006934
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006935 Expr *Base;
6936
6937 // If we're filling in
6938 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6939 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6940 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6941 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6942 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6943 Fn,
6944 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6945 Fn->getType(),
6946 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006947 } else {
6948 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6949 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6950 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6951 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6952 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6953 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6954 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006955 } else
6956 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6957
6958 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006959 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6960 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6961 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6962 Fn,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006963 Found,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006964 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006965 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006966 Fn->getType());
6967 }
6968
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006969 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6970 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006971}
6972
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006973Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006974 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006975 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006976 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006977}
6978
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006979} // end namespace clang